blob: 513fdac7a568d52e9545a982c37402c1d08f8261 [file] [log] [blame]
Johnothan Kingb0691b42025-05-21 21:21:14 +02001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2025 May 21
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
Ughur Alakbarov7c8bbc62024-08-31 16:12:39 +0200182 mkdir -p ~/.vim/after/syntax
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000183
1843. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
185 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
186 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
187
1884. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
189 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
190 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
191
192That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
193different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
194
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000195If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
196All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
197 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
199
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000200
201REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
202
203If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
204version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
205that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200206Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
207b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000208
209
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100210NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
211
212A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
213thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
214A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
215
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200216The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
217digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
218However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
219length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000220
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100221To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000222be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
223These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
224you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
225
226 *Comment any comment
227
228 *Constant any constant
229 String a string constant: "this is a string"
230 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
231 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
232 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
233 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
234
235 *Identifier any variable name
236 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
237
238 *Statement any statement
239 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
240 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
241 Label case, default, etc.
242 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
243 Keyword any other keyword
244 Exception try, catch, throw
245
246 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
247 Include preprocessor #include
248 Define preprocessor #define
249 Macro same as Define
250 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
251
252 *Type int, long, char, etc.
253 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
254 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
255 Typedef A typedef
256
257 *Special any special symbol
258 SpecialChar special character in a constant
259 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
260 Delimiter character that needs attention
261 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
262 Debug debugging statements
263
264 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
265
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200266 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000267
268 *Error any erroneous construct
269
270 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
271 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
272
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100273 *Added added line in a diff
274 *Changed changed line in a diff
275 *Removed removed line in a diff
276
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000277The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
278For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
279The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
280highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
281after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
282
283Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
284can be used for the same group.
285
286The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
287 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
288
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200289 *hl-Ignore*
290When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
291mechanism. See |conceal|.
292
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000293==============================================================================
2943. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
295
296This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
297issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
298located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
299
300":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
301
302 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
303 |
304 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
305 |
306 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
307 | |
308 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
309 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
310 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
311 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
312 | | set yet.
313 | |
314 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
315 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
316 | |
317 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
318 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
319 |
320 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
321 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
322 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
323 | |
324 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
325 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
326 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
327 | |
328 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
329 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
330 | | *synload-4*
331 | |
332 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
333 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
334 | |
335 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
336 |
337 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
338 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
339 |
340 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
341 already loaded buffer.
342
343
344Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
345
346 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
347 |
348 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
349 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
350 | option is set to the file type.
351 |
352 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
353 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
354 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
355 | |
356 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
357 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
358 | |
359 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
360 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
361 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
362 |
363 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
364 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
365 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
366 |
367 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
368 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
369 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
370 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
371 |
372 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
373 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
374 syntax.
375
376==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003774. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000378
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003792html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200380window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000381
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200382After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
383colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
384|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
385or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200386|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
387in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200388
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
390Source the script to convert the current file: >
391
392 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
393<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200394Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
395options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
396the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
397|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000398
399Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200400- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000401- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200402- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100403 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
404 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000405
406Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
407Unix shell: >
408 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
409<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200410 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
411To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
412command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
413and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
414
415 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
416 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
417 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
418<
419 *:TOhtml*
420:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
421 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200422 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
423 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
424 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
425 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200426
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200427 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
428 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
429 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
430 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
431 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
432 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
433 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
434 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200435
436 Examples: >
437
438 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
439 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
440 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
441<
442 *g:html_diff_one_file*
443Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200444When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
445page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4461, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200447Example: >
448
449 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
450<
451 *g:html_whole_filler*
452Default: 0.
453When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
454is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
455of inserted lines.
456When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
457not set.
458>
459 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
460<
461 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
462Default: 0.
463When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4642html.vim conversion process.
465When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
466but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
467files it can take a long time!
468Example: >
469
470 let g:html_no_progress = 1
471<
472You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
473run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
474moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
475
476 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
477<
478Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
479need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
480conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
481script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
482specifying each command separately.
483
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100484 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
485When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
486as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
487current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
488have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
489differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
490your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
491
492 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
493<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200494 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100495Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200496When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
497When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
498highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
499Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
500 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
501Force to omit the line numbers: >
502 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
503Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
504 :unlet g:html_number_lines
505<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100506 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200507Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
508When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
509inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
510takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
511pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
512view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200513(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200514javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
515For example: >
516
517 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
518 page.html#123 does the same
519
520 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
521 diff.html#42 does the same
522<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200523 *g:html_use_css*
524Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100525When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
526browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200527When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
528recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
529forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
530Example: >
531 :let g:html_use_css = 0
532<
533 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
534Default: 0.
535When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
536from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
537value of 'conceallevel'.
538When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
539|conceal|ed.
540
541Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
542included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
543 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
544 :setl conceallevel=0
545<
546 *g:html_ignore_folding*
547Default: 0.
548When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
549Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
550the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
551When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
552text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
553
554Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
555in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
556 zR
557 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
558<
559 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
560Default: 0.
561When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
562When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
563in Vim.
564
565Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
566regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
567
568This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
569>
570 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
571<
572 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
573Default: 0.
574When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
575Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
576open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
577'foldcolumn' setting.
578When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
579folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
580>
581 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
582<
583 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100584Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200585This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
586when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
587for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
588line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
589affected in this way as follows:
590 f: fold column
591 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
592 t: fold text
593 d: diff filler
594
595Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
596 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
597<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100598The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
599of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
600
601 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500602Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100603If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
604
605When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
606uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
607selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
608pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
609invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100610Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100611browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
612
613When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
614older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
615<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
616to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
617number of browsers, both old and new.
618
619When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
620generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
621Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
622the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
623standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200624
625 *g:html_no_invalid*
626Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100627When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
628not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
629element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
630in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
631paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
632invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
633<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
634remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200635
636 *g:html_hover_unfold*
637Default: 0.
638When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
639|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
640When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
641cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
642disabled javascript to view the folded text.
643
644Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
645feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
646normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
647they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
648>
649 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
650<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200651 *g:html_id_expr*
652Default: ""
653Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
654to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
655longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
656evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
657so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
658larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
659
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000660 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200661<
662To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
663
664 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
665<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100666Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200667evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
668windows.
669
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200670 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100671Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200672When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
673not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
674When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
675used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
676window.
677Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
678 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
679Explicitly disable wrapping: >
680 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
681Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
682 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
683<
684 *g:html_no_pre*
685Default: 0.
686When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
687tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
688characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
689When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
690used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
691references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
692text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
693old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
694the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
695>
696 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
697<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100698 *g:html_no_doc*
699Default: 0.
700When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
701<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
702define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
703settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
704
705
706 *g:html_no_links*
707Default: 0.
708Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
709
710 *g:html_no_modeline*
711Default: 0.
712Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
713
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200714 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100715Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
716 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
717 1 otherwise.
718When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200719number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100720When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200721are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
722allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
723the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
724indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
725
726Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
727 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
728<
729Force tabs to be expanded: >
730 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
731<
732 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
733It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
734|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
735
736If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
737for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
738'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
739set to match the chosen document encoding.
740
741Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
742|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
743wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
744encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
745below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
746
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100747Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200748the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
749
750 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
752
753 *g:html_use_encoding*
754Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
755To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
756name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
757something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
758webserver: >
759 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
760You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
761entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
762 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
763To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
764variable: >
765 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
766<
767 *g:html_encoding_override*
768Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
769 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
770This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
771specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
772list of conversions.
773
774This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
775pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
776
777Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
778 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
779<
780 *g:html_charset_override*
781Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
782 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
783 browser support.
784This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
785'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
786use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
787TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
788and UTF-32 instead, use: >
789 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
790
791Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
792compatibility problems with some major browsers.
793
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200794 *g:html_font*
795Default: "monospace"
796You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
797g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
798surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
799item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
800way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
801result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
802Examples: >
803
804 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
805 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
806
807 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
808 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
809<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200810 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
811Default: 0.
812When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
813When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
814>
815 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
816<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100817==============================================================================
8185. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
819
820 *b:current_syntax-variable*
821Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
822"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
823settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
824 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
825 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
826 :au BufReadPost * endif
827
828
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000829
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000830ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000831
832ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
833any value to the respective variable. Example: >
834 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
835To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
836 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
837
838Variable Highlight ~
839abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
840abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
841
842
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000843ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000844
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000845See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000846
847
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000848ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000849
850The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000851by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000852by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000853and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000854
855 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
856
857will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
858
859 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
860 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
861 ]]></script>
862
863See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
864
865
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000866APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000867
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100868The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
869version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000870
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
872 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000873ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
874 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000875
876Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
877doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
878startup vimrc: >
879 :let filetype_i = "asm"
880Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
881
882There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
883extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
884line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
885files are included:
Wu, Zhenyud66d6872024-12-12 19:31:54 +0100886 asm GNU assembly (usually have .s or .S extension and were
887 already built using C compiler such as GCC or CLANG)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
Wu, Zhenyud66d6872024-12-12 19:31:54 +0100892 masm Microsoft assembly (.masm files are compiled with
893 Microsoft's Macro Assembler. This is only supported
894 for x86, x86_64, ARM and AARCH64 CPU families)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000895 nasm Netwide assembly
896 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
897 MMX)
898 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
899
900The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000902Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100903one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200904immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
905equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
906between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
907particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
908highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000909
910The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
911b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000912 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000913
914If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
915the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
916language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000917 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000918
919As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
920
921
922Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
923
924To enable a feature: >
925 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
926To disable a feature: >
927 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
928
929Variable Highlight ~
930nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
931 (parser dependent; not recommended)
932nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
933nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
934
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200935ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
936
937Configuration
938
939The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +0200940You can add them to your .vimrc.
941
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200942To enable TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200943 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
944<
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200945To enable Stylus for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200946 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
947<
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200948NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
949
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000950
h-east53753f62024-05-05 18:42:31 +0200951ASPPERL *ft-aspperl-syntax*
952ASPVBS *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000953
954*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
955hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
956using. For Perl script use: >
957 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
958 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
959For Visual Basic use: >
960 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
961 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
962
AvidSeeker3088ef02024-07-16 21:39:07 +0200963ASYMPTOTE *asy.vim* *ft-asy-syntax*
964
965By default, only basic Asymptote keywords are highlighted. To highlight
966extended geometry keywords: >
967
968 :let g:asy_syn_plain = 1
969
970and for highlighting keywords related to 3D constructions: >
971
972 :let g:asy_syn_three = 1
973
974By default, Asymptote-defined colors (e.g: lightblue) are highlighted. To
975highlight TeX-defined colors (e.g: BlueViolet) use: >
976
977 :let g:asy_syn_texcolors = 1
978
979or for Xorg colors (e.g: AliceBlue): >
980
981 :let g:asy_syn_x11colors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000982
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000983BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000984
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200985The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000986for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
987are supported.
988
989Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
990in ones |.vimrc|: >
991 let baan_code_stds=1
992
993*baan-folding*
994
995Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
996mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
997source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
998
999To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
1000 let baan_fold=1
1001Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
1002indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
1003considered equal to a tab). >
1004 let baan_fold_block=1
1005Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001006SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001007match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
1008 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001009Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001010the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
1011.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
1012 set foldminlines=5
1013 set foldnestmax=6
1014
1015
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001016BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001017
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001018Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001019which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
1020five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
1021otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1022Basic.
1023
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001024If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1025example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1026 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1027
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001028
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001029C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001030
1031A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001032(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001033 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001034 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1035To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001036 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001037Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001038
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001039An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1040 :set filetype=cpp
1041
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001042Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001043*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1044*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001045*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1046*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001047*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1048*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1049*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001050 ...except { and } in first column
1051 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1052 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001053*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1054 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001055*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001056*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001057*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1058*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Amelia Clarke3041cf62025-04-19 11:48:10 +02001059*c_syntax_for_h* use C syntax for *.h files instead of C++/ObjC/ObjC++
1060 (NOTE: This variable is deprecated and no longer
1061 necessary, as *.h files now default to C, unless the
1062 file contains C++ or Objective-C syntax. If the
1063 automated detection fails, the default filetype can
1064 be adjusted using `g:filetype_h`.)
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001065*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1066*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1067*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1068*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
Doug Kearnsc2a967a2025-01-17 14:12:16 +01001069*c_no_c23* don't highlight C23 standard items
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001070*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001071*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1072*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001074When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1075become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1076 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001077"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1078 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001079
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001080If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1081when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1082to a larger number: >
1083 :let c_minlines = 100
1084This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1085displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1086disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1087
1088When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1089works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1090you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1091
1092To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1093Example: >
1094 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1095 :function MyCadd()
1096 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1097 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1098 : hi link cMyItem Title
1099 :endfun
1100
1101ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1102"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1103not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1104highlighting: >
1105 :hi link cConstant NONE
1106
1107If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1108highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1109
1110If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001111in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001112~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001113 syn sync fromstart
1114 set foldmethod=syntax
1115
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001116CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001117
1118C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1119the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1120
1121By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1122of C or C++: >
Amelia Clarke3041cf62025-04-19 11:48:10 +02001123 :let g:filetype_h = 'ch'
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001124
Amelia Clarke3041cf62025-04-19 11:48:10 +02001125NOTE: In previous versions of Vim, the following (now-deprecated) variable was
1126used, but is no longer the preferred approach: >
1127 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001128
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001129CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001130
1131Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1132that are available. Additionally there is:
1133
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001134chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1135chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1136chill_minlines like c_minlines
1137
1138
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001139CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001140
1141ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1142If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1143 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1144This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1145"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1146file).
1147
1148You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1149 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1150Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1151 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1152This works immediately.
1153
1154
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001155CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1156
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001157 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1158
1159Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1160but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1161|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1162syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001163>
1164 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001165 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1166 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001167 \ }
1168<
1169Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1170
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001171There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1172this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1173dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001174
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001175By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1176"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1177namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001178
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001179
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001180 *g:clojure_fold*
1181
1182Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1183list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1184the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1185
1186
1187 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1188
1189Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1190reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001191>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001192 #_(defn foo [x]
1193 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001194<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001195Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1196(e.g. `#_#_`).
1197
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001198
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001199COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001200
1201COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1202development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1203versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1204add this line to your .vimrc: >
1205 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1206To disable it again, use this: >
1207 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1208
1209
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001210COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001211
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001212The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001213comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1214
1215 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1216
1217The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1218
1219
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001220CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1221
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001222Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001223
1224Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001225cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001226cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001227cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1228cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001229
1230
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001231CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001232
1233This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1234used.
1235
1236Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1237symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1238between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001239"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1240>
1241 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001242
1243For using tcsh: >
1244
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001245 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001246
1247Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1248tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001249will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001250"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1251variable.
1252
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001253CSV *ft-csv-syntax*
1254
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001255If you change the delimiter of a CSV file, its syntax highlighting will no
1256longer match the changed file content. You will need to unlet the following
1257variable: >
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001258
1259 :unlet b:csv_delimiter
1260
1261And afterwards save and reload the file: >
1262
1263 :w
1264 :e
1265
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001266Now the syntax engine should determine the newly changed CSV delimiter.
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001267
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001268
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001269CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001270
1271Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001272hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001273or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001274normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001275line to your .vimrc file: >
1276
1277 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1278
1279Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1280
1281 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1282
1283To disable these again, use this: >
1284
1285 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1286 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1287<
1288
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001289CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001290
1291Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1292doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1293startup vimrc: >
1294 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1295
Nick Jensen96395e12025-03-15 09:49:13 +01001296CSHARP *cs.vim* *ft-cs-syntax*
1297
1298C# raw string literals may use any number of quote marks to encapsulate the
1299block, and raw interpolated string literals may use any number of braces to
1300encapsulate the interpolation, e.g. >
1301
1302 $$$""""Hello {{{name}}}""""
1303<
1304By default, Vim highlights 3-8 quote marks, and 1-8 interpolation braces.
1305The maximum numbers of quotes and braces recognized can configured using the
1306following variables:
1307
1308 Variable Default ~
1309 g:cs_raw_string_quote_count 8
1310 g:cs_raw_string_interpolation_brace_count 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001311
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001312DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1313
1314Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1315used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1316a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1317from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1318
1319More information about the language and its development environment at the
1320official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1321
1322dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1323type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1324and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1325framework.
1326
1327Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1328
1329https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1330
1331
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001332DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001333
1334Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001335according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001336https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1337To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1338 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1339Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1340To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1341 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1342g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001343
1344
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001345DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001346
1347The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1348there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1349
1350 :let diff_translations = 0
1351
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001352Also see |diff-slow|.
1353
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001354DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001355
1356The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1357provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1358the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1359versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1360uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1361line to your startup file: >
1362 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1363
1364
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001365DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001366DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1367DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001368
1369There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1370are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1371automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1372defaults to XML.
1373You can set the type manually: >
1374 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1375or: >
1376 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1377You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1378Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1379 :set filetype=docbksgml
1380or: >
1381 :set filetype=docbkxml
1382
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001383You can specify the DocBook version: >
1384 :let docbk_ver = 3
1385When not set 4 is used.
1386
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001387
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001388DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001389
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001390Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1391supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1392NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1393and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001394Select the version you want with the following line: >
1395
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001396 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001397
1398If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001399Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001400
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001401The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1402alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1403current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1404inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1405Stack Overflow -
1406
1407https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1408
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001409To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1410Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1411anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001412
1413 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1414
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001415If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1416block will be highlighted as an error.
1417
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001418There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001419"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1420is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001421
1422 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1423
1424If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1425
1426
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001427DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1428
1429Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001430(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1431idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001432
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001433There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1434explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1435Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001436 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1437or >
1438 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1439
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001440It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1441the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1442adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001443 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1444
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001445There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1446and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001447
1448Variable Default Effect ~
1449g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1450g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1451 doxygen comments.
1452
1453doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1454 and html_my_rendering underline.
1455
1456doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1457 colour highlighting.
1458
1459doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001460 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001461
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001462There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001463configuration.
1464
1465Highlight Effect ~
1466doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1467 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1468doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1469 \endlink from a \link section.
1470
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001471
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001472DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001473
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001474The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001475case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1476
1477 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1478
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001479The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001480this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1481
1482 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1483
1484before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1485Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1486'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1487Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1488highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001489delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001490
1491 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1492
1493The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1494
1495
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001496EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001497
1498While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001499syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1500highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001501highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1502
1503 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1504
1505Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1506
1507Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1508
1509 :let eiffel_strict=1
1510 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1511
1512Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1513five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1514"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1515
1516Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1517guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1518lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1519
1520If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1521"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1522
1523 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1524
1525instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1526
1527Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1528experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1529
1530 :let eiffel_ise=1
1531
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001532Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001533
1534 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1535
1536to your startup file.
1537
1538
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001539EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1540
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001541Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001542version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001543Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1544
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001545Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/ link seems dead) is
1546still necessary for developing applications for the DOS platform, which
1547Euphoria version 4 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001548
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001549The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1550
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001551 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1552 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1553
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001554To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001555auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1556add the following line to your startup file: >
1557
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001558 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001559
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001560< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001561
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001562 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1563
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001564Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001565specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1566file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1567filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1568Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001569
1570
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001571ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001572
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001573Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001574the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001575
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001576The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1577put the following line in your vimrc: >
1578
1579 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1580
1581To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1582
1583 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001584
1585
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001586ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1587
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001588Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1589maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001590
1591The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1592
1593 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1594
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001595Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001596specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1597file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1598filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1599Elixir.
1600
1601
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001602FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1603
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001604FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package which used to be available at
1605http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001606NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001607development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001608
1609Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1610syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1611editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1612start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1613'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1614(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1615and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1616
1617If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1618move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1619 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1620
1621
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001622FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001623
1624The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1625modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001626following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001627J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1628
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001629If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001630redefine the following syntax groups:
1631
1632 - formConditional
1633 - formNumber
1634 - formStatement
1635 - formHeaderStatement
1636 - formComment
1637 - formPreProc
1638 - formDirective
1639 - formType
1640 - formString
1641
1642Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1643directives per default in the same syntax group.
1644
1645A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001646header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001647this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1648
1649 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1650
1651The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001652gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001653conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1654
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001655Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1656should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1657the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1658
1659If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1660example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1661 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1662
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001663
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001664FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1665
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001666Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1667be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1668edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1669 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001670 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1671
1672
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001673FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001674
1675Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001676Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1677choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16782023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
167990, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1680respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001681items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001682
1683The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1684fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1685the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001686
1687Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001688Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001689syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1690
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001691When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001692form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001693 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001694in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1695source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001696 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1697in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1698
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001699If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1700extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1701file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1702will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1703on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001704
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001705When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001706source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001707fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01001708neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script
1709attempts to determine which source form has been used by examining the file
1710extension using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and
1711PathScale compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08
1712for free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions
1713because different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works,
1714then the script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your
1715file. If no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed
1716to be in fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of
1717cases. In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line
1718comments, the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form.
1719If that happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the
1720first five columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload
1721(:e!) the file.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001722
1723Vendor extensions ~
1724Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1725script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1726created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1727characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1728with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001729 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001730placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1731
1732If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1733set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1734 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1735placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1736
1737To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1738intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1739command such as >
1740 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1741placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001742
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001743Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001744Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001745fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001746Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001747using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001748variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1749 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001750placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001751mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1752
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001753Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001754Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1755fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001756 :let fortran_fold=1
1757to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1758is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001759subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1760units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1761constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1762fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001763 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001764then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001765select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1766be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001767
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001768The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1769comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1770non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1771or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001772items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001773
1774Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001775Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1776strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001777because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1778
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001779For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001780|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001781
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001782FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1783
1784FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1785dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1786for how to select the correct dialect.
1787
1788Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1789
1790Variable Highlight ~
1791*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1792*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1793*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1794*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1795
1796
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001797
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001798FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001799
1800In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1801the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1802appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1803patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1804number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1805
1806For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1807as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1808
1809 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1810 \ set filetype=fvwm
1811
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001812GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001813
1814The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1815the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1816is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1817are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1818
1819 htmlString
1820 htmlValue
1821 htmlEndTag
1822 htmlTag
1823 htmlTagN
1824
1825Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1826java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1827group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1828correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1829to the contains clause.
1830
1831The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1832group to make them easier to see.
1833
1834
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001835GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001836
1837The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001838under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001839of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1840filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1841(see |filetype.txt|).
1842
1843
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001844HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001845
1846The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001847Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001848syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1849
1850If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1851light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1852 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1853To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1854add: >
1855 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1856To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1857 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1858And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1859 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1860If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1861your .vimrc: >
1862 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1863
1864The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1865directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001866directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1867operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001868as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1869 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1870
1871The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1872automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1873TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001874or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001875in your .vimrc >
1876 :let lhs_markup = none
1877for no highlighting at all, or >
1878 :let lhs_markup = tex
1879to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1880For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1881this variable, so e.g. >
1882 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001883will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001884set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1885loading a file.
1886
1887
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001888HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001889
1890The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1891
1892The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1893This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001894closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1895are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001896
1897Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1898names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1899makes it easy to spot errors
1900
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001901Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001902names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1903
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001904Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001905are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1906text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1907while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001908only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001909<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001910
1911If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1912following syntax groups:
1913
1914 - htmlBold
1915 - htmlBoldUnderline
1916 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1917 - htmlUnderline
1918 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1919 - htmlItalic
1920 - htmlTitle for titles
1921 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1922
1923To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1924of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1925following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1926are read during initialization) >
1927 :let html_my_rendering=1
1928
1929If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1930http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1931
1932You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1933vimrc file: >
1934 :let html_no_rendering=1
1935
Christian Brabandtdf9f67e2024-07-30 20:19:15 +02001936By default Vim synchronises the syntax to 250 lines before the first displayed
1937line. This can be configured using: >
1938 :let html_minlines = 500
1939<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001940HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1941details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1942However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001943ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001944 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1945
1946JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1947'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001948programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1949currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001950
1951Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1952
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001953There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1954written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001955following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1956(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001957>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001958 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1959 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1960
1961Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1962the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1963
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001964 *html-folding*
1965The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1966and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1967
1968 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1969 :set foldmethod=syntax
1970
1971Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1972especially for large files.
1973
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001974
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +02001975HTML/OS (BY AESTIVA) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001976
1977The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1978
1979Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1980doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1981this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1982different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1983 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1984
1985Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1986
1987Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1988signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1989a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1990 :set syntax=htmlos
1991
1992Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1993block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1994
1995
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001996IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001997
1998Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1999how to recognize this filetype.
2000
2001To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
2002 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
2003
2004
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002005INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002006
2007Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
2008most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
2009to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
2010 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
2011
2012By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
2013and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
2014you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
2015need to add this to your startup sequence: >
2016 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
2017
2018This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
2019set of highlighted system functions.
2020
2021The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
2022it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
2023by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
2024startup sequence: >
2025 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
2026
2027By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
2028version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
2029Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
2030startup sequence: >
2031 :let inform_highlight_old=1
2032
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002033IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
2034
2035IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
2036Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
2037
2038IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
2039rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002040repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002041
2042There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
2043are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
2044
2045The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
2046
2047Variable Effect ~
2048
2049idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
2050 extensions
2051idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
2052idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
2053 quite helpful)
2054idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
2055
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002056
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002057JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002058
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002059The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002060
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002061In Java 1.0.2, it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
2062flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1, this is possible (with anonymous
2063classes); and, therefore, is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
2064old way, put the following line into your Vim startup file: >
2065 :let g:java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002066
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002067All (exported) public types declared in `java.lang` are always automatically
2068imported and available as simple names. To highlight them, use: >
2069 :let g:java_highlight_java_lang_ids = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002070
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002071You can also highlight types of most standard Java packages if you download
2072the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html. If you
2073prefer to only highlight types of a certain package, say `java.io`, use the
2074following: >
2075 :let g:java_highlight_java_io = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002076Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2077
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002078Headers of indented function declarations can be highlighted (along with parts
2079of lambda expressions and method reference expressions), but it depends on how
2080you write Java code. Two formats are recognized:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002081
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +020020821) If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002083a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set one
2084of >
2085 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent"
2086 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent1"
2087 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent2"
2088 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent3"
2089 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent4"
2090 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent5"
2091 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent6"
2092 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent7"
2093 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent8"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002094Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002095
20962) However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and types
2097are supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is
2098any amount of indentation, you may want to set >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002099 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "style"
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002100
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002101In addition, you can combine any value of "g:java_highlight_functions" with >
2102 :let g:java_highlight_signature = 1
Aliaksei Budavei01a4fb12024-06-23 10:03:33 +02002103to have the name of a function with its parameter list parens distinctly
2104highlighted from its type parameters, return type, and formal parameters; and
2105to have the parameter list parens of a lambda expression with its arrow
2106distinctly highlighted from its formal parameters or identifiers.
2107
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002108If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want headers of
2109function declarations to be highlighted, modify the current syntax definitions
2110or compose new ones.
2111
2112Higher-order function types can be hard to parse by eye, so uniformly toning
2113down some of their components may be of value. Provided that such type names
2114conform to the Java naming guidelines, you may arrange it with >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002115 :let g:java_highlight_generics = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002116
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002117In Java 1.1, the functions `System.out.println()` and `System.err.println()`
2118should only be used for debugging. Consider adding the following definition
2119in your startup file: >
2120 :let g:java_highlight_debug = 1
2121to have the bulk of those statements colored as
2122 *Debug debugging statements,
2123and to make some of their own items further grouped and linked:
2124 *Special as DebugSpecial,
2125 *String as DebugString,
2126 *Boolean as DebugBoolean,
2127 *Type as DebugType,
2128which are used for special characters appearing in strings, strings proper,
2129boolean literals, and special instance references (`super`, `this`, `null`),
2130respectively.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002131
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002132Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2133creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002134similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add JavaScript and CSS
Aliaksei Budavei85f054a2024-09-30 19:40:04 +02002135inside this code (see below). The HTML rendering and the Markdown rendering
2136diverge as follows:
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002137 1. The first sentence (all characters up to the first period `.`, which is
2138 followed by a whitespace character or a line terminator, or up to the
2139 first block tag, e.g. `@param`, `@return`) is colored as
2140 *SpecialComment special comments.
2141 2. The text is colored as
2142 *Comment comments.
2143 3. HTML comments are colored as
2144 *Special special symbols.
2145 4. The standard Javadoc tags (`@code`, `@see`, etc.) are colored as
2146 *Special special symbols
2147 and some of their arguments are colored as
2148 *Function function names.
Aliaksei Budavei85f054a2024-09-30 19:40:04 +02002149To turn this feature off for both HTML and Markdown, add the following line to
2150your startup file: >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002151 :let g:java_ignore_javadoc = 1
Aliaksei Budavei85f054a2024-09-30 19:40:04 +02002152Alternatively, only suppress HTML comments or Markdown comments: >
2153 :let g:java_ignore_html = 1
2154 :let g:java_ignore_markdown = 1
2155
2156See |ft-java-plugin| for additional support available for Markdown comments.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002157
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002158If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above, you can
2159also turn on special highlighting for JavaScript, Visual Basic scripts, and
2160embedded CSS (stylesheets). This only makes sense if any of these languages
2161actually appear in Javadoc comments. The variables to use are >
2162 :let g:java_javascript = 1
2163 :let g:java_css = 1
2164 :let g:java_vb = 1
2165Note that these three variables are maintained in the HTML syntax file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002166
Aliaksei Budavei30a8ad62024-07-31 22:16:08 +02002167Numbers and strings can be recognized in non-Javadoc comments with >
2168 :let g:java_comment_strings = 1
2169
Aliaksei Budavei2750b832024-08-22 21:09:32 +02002170When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax", blocks of code and multi-line comments
2171will be folded. No text is usually written in the first line of a multi-line
2172comment, making folded contents of Javadoc comments less informative with the
2173default 'foldtext' value; you may opt for showing the contents of a second
2174line for any comments written in this way, and showing the contents of a first
2175line otherwise, with >
2176 :let g:java_foldtext_show_first_or_second_line = 1
2177
Aliaksei Budavei910bfd52025-04-28 17:58:22 +02002178HTML tags in Javadoc comments can additionally be folded by following the
2179instructions listed under |html-folding| and giving explicit consent with >
2180 :let g:java_consent_to_html_syntax_folding = 1
2181Do not default to this kind of folding unless ALL start tags and optional end
2182tags are balanced in Javadoc comments; otherwise, put up with creating runaway
2183folds that break syntax highlighting.
2184
Aliaksei Budavei30a8ad62024-07-31 22:16:08 +02002185Trailing whitespace characters or a run of space characters before a tab
2186character can be marked as an error with >
2187 :let g:java_space_errors = 1
2188but either kind of an error can be suppressed by also defining one of >
2189 :let g:java_no_trail_space_error = 1
2190 :let g:java_no_tab_space_error = 1
2191
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002192In order to highlight nested parens with different colors, define colors for
2193`javaParen`, `javaParen1`, and `javaParen2`. For example, >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002194 :hi link javaParen Comment
2195or >
2196 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2197
Aliaksei Budavei5e95c8f2024-09-15 19:53:50 +02002198Certain modifiers are incompatible with each other, e.g. `abstract` and
2199`final`: >
2200 :syn list javaConceptKind
2201and can be differently highlighted as a group than other modifiers with >
2202 :hi link javaConceptKind NonText
2203
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002204If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002205when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "g:java_minlines" variable to
2206a larger number: >
2207 :let g:java_minlines = 50
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002208This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2209displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2210number is that redrawing can become slow.
2211
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002212Significant changes to the Java platform are gradually introduced in the form
2213of JDK Enhancement Proposals (JEPs) that can be implemented for a release and
2214offered as its preview features. It may take several JEPs and a few release
2215cycles for such a feature to become either integrated into the platform or
2216withdrawn from this effort. To cater for early adopters, there is optional
2217support in Vim for syntax related preview features that are implemented. You
2218can request it by specifying a list of preview feature numbers as follows: >
Aliaksei Budavei1054b182025-03-29 09:16:30 +01002219 :let g:java_syntax_previews = [488, 494]
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002220
2221The supported JEP numbers are to be drawn from this table:
2222 `430`: String Templates [JDK 21]
Aliaksei Budavei1054b182025-03-29 09:16:30 +01002223 `488`: Primitive types in Patterns, instanceof, and switch
2224 `494`: Module Import Declarations
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002225
2226Note that as soon as the particular preview feature will have been integrated
2227into the Java platform, its entry will be removed from the table and related
2228optionality will be discontinued.
2229
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002230
JJCUBERdc831db2024-08-13 23:42:36 +02002231JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax* *g:vim_json_conceal*
h-east738ebfe2024-10-05 16:56:47 +02002232 *g:vim_json_warnings*
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002233
2234The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2235default. To disable concealment: >
2236 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2237
2238To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2239 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2240
2241
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002242JQ *jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
2243
2244To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
2245 hi link jqNumber Normal
2246
2247If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
2248 let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
2249
Christian Brabandt4335fcf2025-01-20 21:01:41 +01002250KCONFIG *ft-kconfig-syntax*
2251
2252Kconfig syntax highlighting language. For syntax syncing, you can configure
2253the following variable (default: 50): >
2254
2255 let kconfig_minlines = 50
2256
2257To configure a bit more (heavier) highlighting, set the following variable: >
2258
2259 let kconfig_syntax_heavy = 1
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002260
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002261LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002262
2263Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2264style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2265define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2266 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2267
2268
Andis Spriņķis0f146b72024-10-13 19:29:56 +02002269LF (LFRC) *lf.vim* *ft-lf-syntax* *g:lf_shell_syntax*
2270 *b:lf_shell_syntax*
2271
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002272For the lf file manager configuration files (lfrc) the shell commands syntax
2273highlighting can be changed globally and per buffer by setting a different
2274'include' command search pattern using these variables: >
Andis Spriņķis0f146b72024-10-13 19:29:56 +02002275 let g:lf_shell_syntax = "syntax/dosbatch.vim"
2276 let b:lf_shell_syntax = "syntax/zsh.vim"
2277
2278These variables are unset by default.
2279
2280The default 'include' command search pattern is 'syntax/sh.vim'.
2281
2282
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002283LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002284
2285Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2286gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2287 :syn sync minlines=300
2288may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2289difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2290
2291
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002292LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2293
2294To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2295
2296 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2297<
2298
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002299LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2300
2301The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2302
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002303 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002304 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2305 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002306 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002307 of parenthesization will receive different
2308 highlighting.
2309<
2310The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2311the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2312colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2313specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002314usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002315highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2316
2317
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002318LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002319
2320There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2321
2322If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2323
2324 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2325
2326For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2327set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2328
2329 :let lite_minlines = 200
2330
2331
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002332LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002333
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002334LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002335file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2336users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2337should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2338
2339 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2340
2341If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002342modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002343
2344 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2345
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002346For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002347
2348 // vim:set ft=c:
2349
2350If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2351
2352There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002353used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002354and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002355assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002356you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2357
2358 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2359
2360For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2361
2362 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2363
2364For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2365
2366 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2367
2368For uLPC series of LPC:
2369uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2370instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2371
2372
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002373LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002374
brianhuster00a00f52025-02-25 20:22:18 +01002375The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0+. You can select one of
2376these versions using the global variables |g:lua_version| and
2377|g:lua_subversion|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002378
2379
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002380MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002381
2382Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002383quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002384signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2385whitespaces and end with a newline.
2386
2387Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002388as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002389only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2390
2391By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002392displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002393with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2394
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002395 :let mail_minlines = 30
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002396
2397
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002398MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002399
2400In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2401errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2402feature off by using: >
2403
2404 :let make_no_commands = 1
2405
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002406Comments are also highlighted by default. You can turn this off by using: >
2407
2408 :let make_no_comments = 1
2409
Eisuke Kawashimaf35bd762025-04-15 19:20:06 +02002410There are various Make implementations, which add extensions other than the
2411POSIX specification and thus are mutually incompatible. If the filename is
2412BSDmakefile or GNUmakefile, the corresponding implementation is automatically
2413determined; otherwise vim tries to detect it by the file contents. If you see
2414any wrong highlights because of this, you can enforce a flavor by setting one
2415of the following: >
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002416
Eisuke Kawashimaf35bd762025-04-15 19:20:06 +02002417 :let g:make_flavor = 'bsd' " or
2418 :let g:make_flavor = 'gnu' " or
2419 :let g:make_flavor = 'microsoft'
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002420
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002421
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002422MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002423
2424Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2425supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2426The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2427highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2428
2429 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2430
2431to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2432choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
24331, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2434$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2435
2436 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2437 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2438 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2439 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2440 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2441 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2442 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2443 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2444 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2445
2446
JJCUBERdc831db2024-08-13 23:42:36 +02002447MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax* *g:markdown_minlines*
2448 *g:markdown_fenced_languages* *g:markdown_syntax_conceal*
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002449
2450If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2451slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002452the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002453
2454 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2455
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002456If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2457documents you can enable like this: >
2458
2459 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2460
2461To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2462
2463 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2464
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002465
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002466MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002467
2468Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2469have the following in your .vimrc: >
2470
2471 let filetype_m = "mma"
2472
Pierrick Guillaume836b87d2025-04-13 18:25:33 +02002473MBSYNC *mbsync.vim* *ft-mbsync-syntax*
2474
2475The mbsync application uses a configuration file to setup mailboxes names,
2476user and password. All files ending with `.mbsyncrc` or with the name
2477`isyncrc` will be recognized as mbsync configuration files.
2478
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002479MEDIAWIKI *ft-mediawiki-syntax*
2480
Stanislav Asunkindd36d6c2024-08-14 14:43:30 +02002481By default, syntax highlighting includes basic HTML tags like style and
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002482headers |html.vim|. For strict Mediawiki syntax highlighting: >
2483
2484 let g:html_no_rendering = 1
2485
2486If HTML highlighting is desired, terminal-based text formatting such as bold
2487and italic is possible by: >
2488
2489 let g:html_style_rendering = 1
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002490
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002491MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2492
2493Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2494dialect.
2495
2496The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2497
2498 taggedComment :=
2499 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2500 ;
2501
2502 dialectTag :=
2503 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2504 ;
2505
2506 reserved words
2507 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2508
2509A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2510lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2511additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2512
2513Example: >
2514
2515 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2516 ...
2517
2518Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2519dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2520defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2521
2522Example: >
2523
2524 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2525
2526
2527Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2528variables.
2529
2530Variable Highlight ~
2531*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2532*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2533*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2534
2535*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2536*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2537*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2538
2539*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2540
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002541MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002542
2543If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2544highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2545comments: >
2546
2547 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2548
2549To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2550
2551 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2552
2553To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2554'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2555
2556 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2557
2558Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2559
2560 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2561
2562To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2563
2564 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2565
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002566Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002567use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2568To enable this option: >
2569
2570 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2571
2572An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2573
2574 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2575
2576
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002577MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002578
2579There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2580
2581If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2582
2583 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2584
2585For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2586set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2587
2588 :let msql_minlines = 200
2589
2590
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002591NEOMUTT *neomutt.vim* *ft-neomuttrc-syntax*
2592 *ft-neomuttlog-syntax*
Richard Russona2aa9212024-10-13 19:40:43 +02002593
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002594To disable the default NeoMutt log colors: >
Richard Russona2aa9212024-10-13 19:40:43 +02002595
2596 :let g:neolog_disable_default_colors = 1
2597
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002598N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2599
2600N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2601Couchbase Server databases.
2602
2603Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2604and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2605many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2606
2607
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002608NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002609
2610There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2611
2612If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2613errors, use this: >
2614
2615 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2616
2617If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2618
2619
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002620NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002621
2622The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2623activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2624can use them.
2625
2626For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002627processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002628features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2629|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002630
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002631 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002632
2633Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2634Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2635there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002636you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002637can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2638native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2639\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2640accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2641environments.
2642
2643In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2644follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2645
26461. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2647
26482. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2649 exclamation mark, etc.
2650
26513. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2652 carriage return.
2653
2654The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2655algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2656
2657Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2658furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2659vertical space input will be output as is.
2660
2661Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2662than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2663practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002664marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002665need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002666spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2667
2668 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2669
2670Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2671with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2672highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002673"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002674
2675 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2676 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2677 \ gui=reverse,bold
2678
2679If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2680with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2681file: >
2682
2683 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2684
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002685As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002686paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2687
2688Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2689groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2690
2691
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002692OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002693
2694The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2695.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2696
2697 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2698
2699you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2700by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2701
2702 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2703
2704prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2705contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2706
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002707PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2708
2709By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2710Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002711To do so, set the *g:filetype_md* var: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002712
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002713 :let g:filetype_md = 'pandoc'
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002714
2715The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2716
2717 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2718
2719To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2720
2721 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2722
zeertzjq7c515282024-11-10 20:26:12 +01002723This is a list of the rules which can be used here:
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002724
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002725 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002726 - image
2727 - block
2728 - subscript
2729 - superscript
2730 - strikeout
2731 - atx
2732 - codeblock_start
2733 - codeblock_delim
2734 - footnote
2735 - definition
2736 - list
2737 - newline
2738 - dashes
2739 - ellipses
2740 - quotes
2741 - inlinecode
2742 - inlinemath
2743
2744You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2745footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2746
2747 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2748
2749To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2750
2751 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2752
2753Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2754Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2755and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2756
2757 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2758
2759Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2760specified. Default = 1 >
2761
2762 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2763
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002764For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds.
2765This is a list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't
2766match, you can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002767
2768 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2769
2770To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2771
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002772 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002773
2774"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2775you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2776
2777To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2778
2779 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2780
2781Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2782Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2783
2784 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2785
2786The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2787
2788 :PandocHighlight LANG
2789
2790Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2791syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2792
2793 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2794
2795Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002796
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002797PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002798
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002799The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002800and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002801as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2802sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002803you set the variable: >
2804
2805 :let papp_include_html=1
2806
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002807in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002808sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002809edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002810
2811The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2812http://papp.plan9.de.
2813
2814
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002815PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002816
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002817Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2818could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2819or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002820
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002821 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2822 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002823
2824The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2825provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002826Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002827enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2828following line to your startup file: >
2829
2830 :let pascal_traditional=1
2831
2832To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2833keywords, etc): >
2834
2835 :let pascal_delphi=1
2836
2837
2838The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2839*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2840operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2841
2842 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2843
2844Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2845
2846 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2847
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002848Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002849pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2850match Turbo Pascal. >
2851
2852 :let pascal_gpc=1
2853
2854or >
2855
2856 :let pascal_fpc=1
2857
2858To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2859pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2860
2861 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2862
2863If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2864will be highlighted as Error. >
2865
2866 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2867
2868
2869
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002870PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002871
2872There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2873
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002874Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2875to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2876files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002877
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002878 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002879
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002880To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002881off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002882
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002883To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2884from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002885
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002886 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002887
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002888(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2889enabled it.)
2890
2891If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2892
2893 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2894
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002895(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002896
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002897The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2898be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002899perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2900
2901 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2902 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2903 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2904
2905(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2906
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002907The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002908synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2909If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002910then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2911you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002912
2913One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2914
2915 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2916 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2917
2918Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2919its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2920
2921 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2922
2923If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2924
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002925 :let perl_fold = 1
2926
2927If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2928
2929 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002930
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002931Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2932this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002933
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002934 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002935
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002936Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2937via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002938
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002939 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2940
2941Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2942behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2943
2944 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002945
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002946PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002947
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002948[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002949it has been renamed to "php"]
2950
2951There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2952
2953If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2954
2955 let php_sql_query = 1
2956
2957For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2958
2959 let php_baselib = 1
2960
2961Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2962
2963 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2964
2965Using the old colorstyle: >
2966
2967 let php_oldStyle = 1
2968
2969Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2970
2971 let php_asp_tags = 1
2972
2973Disable short tags: >
2974
2975 let php_noShortTags = 1
2976
2977For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2978
2979 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2980
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002981For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002982one: >
2983
2984 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2985
2986Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2987
2988 let php_folding = 1
2989
2990Selecting syncing method: >
2991
2992 let php_sync_method = x
2993
2994x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2995x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2996x = 0 to sync from start.
2997
2998
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002999PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
3000
3001TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
3002variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00003003see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00003004
3005This syntax file has the option >
3006
3007 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
3008
3009if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
3010
3011
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003012PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003013
3014PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
3015
3016This syntax file has the options:
3017
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003018- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003019 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003020
3021 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003022 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003023
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003024 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003025 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003026 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003027
3028 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
3029
3030- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
3031 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
3032
3033
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003034PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003035
3036There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
3037
3038If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
3039
3040 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
3041
3042For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3043set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3044
3045 :let phtml_minlines = 200
3046
3047
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003048POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003049
3050There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
3051
3052First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
3053currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
3054and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
3055Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
3056extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
3057level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
3058highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
3059
3060 :let postscr_level=2
3061
3062If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
3063the most prevalent version currently.
3064
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003065Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003066particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
3067PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
3068
3069If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
3070Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
3071follows: >
3072
3073 :let postscr_display=1
3074
3075If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
3076Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
3077postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
3078
3079 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
3080
3081PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
3082useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
3083cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
3084character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
3085explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
3086highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
3087
3088 :let postscr_fonts=1
3089 :let postscr_encodings=1
3090
3091There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
3092PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
3093operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
3094if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
3095operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
3096or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
3097highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
3098postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
3099
3100 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
3101<
3102
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003103 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
3104PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003105
3106This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
3107
3108In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
3109the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
3110appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
3111patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
3112"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
3113
3114For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
3115files, add the following: >
3116
3117 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
3118 \ set filetype=ptcap
3119
3120If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
3121are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
3122internal variable to a larger number: >
3123
3124 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
3125
3126(The default is 20 lines.)
3127
3128
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003129PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003130
3131Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
3132doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
3133startup vimrc: >
3134 :let filetype_w = "progress"
3135The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
3136Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
3137 :let filetype_i = "progress"
3138 :let filetype_p = "progress"
3139
3140
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003141PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003142
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003143There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003144
3145For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003146 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003147
3148For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003149 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003150
3151For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003152 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
3153
3154For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
3155 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
3156or >
3157 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003158The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003159
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02003160For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003161 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003162
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09003163If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003164 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003165This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
3166unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003167
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003168If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
3169you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003170Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
3171 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003172This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
3173
3174Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
3175 You can replace 1 above with anything.
3176
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003177
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003178QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003179
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003180The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
3181based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
3182between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
3183definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
3184to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
3185be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003186
3187set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
3188 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
3189
3190set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
3191 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
3192
3193set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
3194 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
3195
3196Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
3197commands than are actually available to you by the game.
3198
3199
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003200R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
3201
3202The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
3203can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
3204 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
3205
3206You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
3207 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
3208
3209enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
3210braces: >
3211 let r_syntax_folding = 1
3212
3213and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
3214 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
3215
3216
3217R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
3218
3219To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
3220 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
3221
3222To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3223 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3224
3225To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3226 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3227
3228By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003229language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3230highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3231is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3232behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3233and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3234 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3235 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3236 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3237 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3238 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3239
3240If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3241list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3242the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003243 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3244
3245
3246R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3247
3248To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3249 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3250
3251
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003252RASI *rasi.vim* *ft-rasi-syntax*
3253
3254Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
Christian Brabandtf3dd6f62024-05-31 12:26:12 +02003255rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003256inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are recognized
3257as rasi files: .rasi.
3258
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003259READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003260
3261The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003262few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003263items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3264command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3265 let readline_has_bash = 1
3266
3267This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3268later, and part earlier) adds.
3269
3270
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003271REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3272
3273Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3274language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3275the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3276
3277
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003278RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3279
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003280Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3281select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3282syntax list.
3283
3284To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003285 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003286
3287To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3288`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3289 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003290 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3291 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003292 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003293 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003294
3295To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3296 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3297
3298To enable folding of sections: >
3299 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3300
3301Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3302
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003303
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003304REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003305
3306If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3307when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3308to a larger number: >
3309 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3310This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3311displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3312number is that redrawing can become slow.
3313
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003314Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3315comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3316your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3317>
3318 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3319
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003320
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003321RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003322
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003323 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3324 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3325 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3326 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3327 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3328
3329 *ruby_operators*
3330 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3331
3332Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3333
3334 :let ruby_operators = 1
3335<
3336 *ruby_space_errors*
3337 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3338
3339Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3340
3341 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3342<
3343This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3344as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3345"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3346spaces respectively.
3347
3348 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3349 Ruby: Folding ~
3350
3351Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3352
3353 :let ruby_fold = 1
3354<
3355This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3356buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3357filetypes.
3358
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003359Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3360"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3361
3362You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3363
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003364 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003365<
3366The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3367
3368 keyword meaning ~
3369 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3370 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3371 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003372 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003373 def "def" block
3374 class "class" block
3375 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003376 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003377 begin "begin" block
3378 case "case" block
3379 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003380 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3381 [ Array literal
3382 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3383 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003384 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003385 : Symbol
3386 # Multiline comment
3387 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003388 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3389
3390 *ruby_no_expensive*
3391 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003392
3393By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003394of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003395experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3396you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003397
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003398 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003399<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003400In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3401
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003402 *ruby_minlines*
3403
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003404If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3405scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3406the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003407
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003408 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003409<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003410Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3411largest class or module.
3412
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003413 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3414 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003415
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003416Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3417"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003418
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003419 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003420<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003421
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003422SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003423
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003424By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003425
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003426scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3427Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003428
3429
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003430SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003431
3432The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3433of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3434
3435The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3436case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003437used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003438highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3439 :let sdl_2000=1
3440
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003441This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003442keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3443 :let SDL_no_96=1
3444
3445
3446The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3447satisfied with it for my own projects.
3448
3449
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003450SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003451
3452To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003453highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003454
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003455 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3456<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003457in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3458inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3459by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3460also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3461you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3462
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003463GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3464comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3465comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3466
3467 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3468<
3469Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3470not (yet) affected by this setting.
3471
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003472Bugs:
3473
3474 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3475 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3476 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3477 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3478 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3479 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3480
3481
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003482SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003483
3484The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3485
3486The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3487This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3488closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3489defined for you)
3490
3491Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3492names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3493
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003494Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003495names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3496
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003497Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003498are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3499text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3500<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3501
3502If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3503following syntax groups:
3504
3505 - sgmlBold
3506 - sgmlBoldItalic
3507 - sgmlUnderline
3508 - sgmlItalic
3509 - sgmlLink for links
3510
3511To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3512following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3513are read during initialization) >
3514 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3515
3516You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3517vimrc file: >
3518 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3519
3520(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3521
3522
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003523 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003524SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003525
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003526This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3527shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003528
3529Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003530various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003531
3532 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3533 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3534<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003535See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3536cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3537/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3538that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3539shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
Mohamed Akram51a06ec2025-03-21 17:52:08 +01003540symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (POSIX).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003541
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003542One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003543variables in your <.vimrc>:
3544
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003545 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003546 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Mohamed Akram51a06ec2025-03-21 17:52:08 +01003547< posix: (default) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003548 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003549< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003550 let g:is_bash = 1
Mohamed Akram51a06ec2025-03-21 17:52:08 +01003551< dash: >
3552 let g:is_dash = 1
3553< sh: Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003554 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003555
Johnothan Kingb0691b42025-05-21 21:21:14 +02003556Specific shell features are automatically enabled based on the shell detected
3557from the shebang line ("#! ..."). For KornShell Vim detects different shell
3558features for mksh, ksh88, ksh93, ksh93u, ksh93v, and ksh2020.
3559
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003560If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3561default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Mohamed Akram51a06ec2025-03-21 17:52:08 +01003562the POSIX shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003563statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003564sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003565
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003566The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3567
3568 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3569 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3570 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3571 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003572>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003573then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003574syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3575to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003576
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003577 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3578
3579If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3580when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003581to a larger number. Example: >
3582
3583 let sh_minlines = 500
3584
3585This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3586displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3587number is that redrawing can become slow.
3588
3589If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3590reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3591
3592 let sh_maxlines = 100
3593<
3594The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3595speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3596
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003597syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003598unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003599for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3600the following line in your .vimrc: >
3601
3602 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3603<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003604
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003605 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3606 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003607
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003608You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3609Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3610file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3611
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003612 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003613 " ==============
3614 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3615 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3616 unlet b:current_syntax
3617 endif
3618 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3619 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3620 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3621 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3622 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3623<
3624This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3625 awk '...awk code here...'
3626be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3627extended to other languages.
3628
3629
3630SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3631(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003632
3633The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3634
3635- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3636 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3637 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3638
3639- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3640 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003641 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003642 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3643 them in the syntax file.
3644
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003645- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003646 highlighting of # style comments.
3647
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003648 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003649 number of #s.
3650
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003651 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003652 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003653
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003654 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003655 more than one #.
3656
3657Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003658PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003659fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3660the syntax file.
3661
3662
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003663SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3664 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003665 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003666
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003667While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3668custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3669SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003670
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003671Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3672scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3673supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3674buffer by buffer basis.
3675
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003676For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003677
3678
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003679SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3680
3681Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3682designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3683bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3684with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3685
3686
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003687TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003688
3689This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3690for how the filetype is detected.
3691
3692Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003693is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3694add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003695
3696 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3697
3698If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3699when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3700to a larger number: >
3701
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003702 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003703
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003704This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3705displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3706synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3707tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3708redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003709
3710
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003711TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003712 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003713
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003714 Tex Contents~
3715 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3716 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3717 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3718 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3719 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3720 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3721 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3722 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3723 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3724 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3725 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3726 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3727 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003728 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003729 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003730
3731 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003732 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003733
3734As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3735sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3736 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3737in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3738modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3739 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003740If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003741 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003742<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003743 *g:tex_nospell*
3744 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3745
3746If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3747 let g:tex_nospell=1
3748into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3749comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3750
3751 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003752 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003753
3754Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3755prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3756this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3757 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003758If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3759see |g:tex_nospell|.
3760
3761 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003762 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003763
3764Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3765one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3766want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3767 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003768<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003769 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003770 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003771
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003772The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3773highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3774texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3775terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3776as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003777special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3778 %stopzone
3779which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3780texMathZone.
3781
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003782 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003783 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003784
3785If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3786 :syn sync maxlines=200
3787 :syn sync minlines=50
3788(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003789increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003790if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3791
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003792Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3793|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3794
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003795 *g:tex_fast*
3796
3797Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3798
3799 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3800
3801in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3802highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3803synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3804price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3805folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3806
3807You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3808selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3809
3810 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3811 c : allow texComment syntax
3812 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3813 M : allow texMath syntax
3814 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3815 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3816 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3817 S : allow texStyle syntax
3818 v : allow verbatim syntax
3819 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3820<
3821As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3822but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003823(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003824
3825 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003826 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003827
3828LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3829of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3830package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3831it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3832techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003833by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3834which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3835http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003836
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003837I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3838
3839 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3840<
3841The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3842
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003843 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003844 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003845
3846The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3847although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3848errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3849you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003850 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003851and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003852
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003853 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003854 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003855
3856If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3857code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003858 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3859You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3860(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3861As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3862 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3863You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3864and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3865The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3866has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003867
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003868 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003869 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003870
3871One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3872commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3873following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3874such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3875
3876 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3877 :set ft=tex
3878
3879Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3880always accept such use of @.
3881
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003882 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003883 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003884
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003885If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3886number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3887including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3888superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3889superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3890In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3891
3892One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3893with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003894
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003895 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003896 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3897
3898You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003899<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3900for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003901
3902 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003903 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003904 d = delimiters
3905 m = math symbols
3906 g = Greek
3907 s = superscripts/subscripts
3908<
3909By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3910substitution will not be made.
3911
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003912 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3913 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3914
3915Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3916keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3917syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3918
3919 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3920 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3921 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003922 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003923 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3924 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3925 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003926 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003927
3928 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3929 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3930
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003931 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3932 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3933
3934 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3935
3936 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3937 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3938
3939 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3940 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3941 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3942 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3943
3944 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3945 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3946<
3947 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3948 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3949 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3950< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3951 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3952
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003953 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3954 Tex: Match Check Control~
3955
3956 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003957 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3958 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003959 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3960 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3961 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3962< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3963 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3964 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3965< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3966 regions, >
3967 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3968< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003969
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003970TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003971
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003972There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3973
3974For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3975set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3976
3977 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3978<
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003979TYPESCRIPT *typescript.vim* *ft-typescript-syntax*
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01003980 *typescriptreact.vim* *ft-typescriptreact-syntax*
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003981
3982There is one option to control the TypeScript syntax highlighting.
3983
3984 *g:typescript_host_keyword*
3985When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
3986are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
3987
3988 let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
3989<
3990The default value is 1.
3991
Gregory Anders1cc4cae2024-07-15 20:00:48 +02003992TYPST *ft-typst-syntax*
3993
3994 *g:typst_embedded_languages*
3995Typst files can embed syntax highlighting for other languages by setting the
3996|g:typst_embedded_languages| variable. This variable is a list of language
3997names whose syntax definitions will be included in Typst files. Example: >
3998
3999 let g:typst_embedded_languages = ['python', 'r']
4000
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004001VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
4002 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Doug Kearnsa577e422025-05-17 16:29:13 +02004003
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02004004There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004005updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
4006g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
4007improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004008
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004009 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
4010 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
4011<
4012 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
4013 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004014
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004015 *g:vimsyn_embed*
4016The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
4017embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004018
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01004019 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10004020 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded Lua
4021 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded MzScheme
4022 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded Perl
4023 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded Python
4024 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded Ruby
4025 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded Tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004026<
Doug Kearnsa577e422025-05-17 16:29:13 +02004027By default, g:vimsyn_embed is unset, and the Lua and Python script interfaces
4028are supported.
4029
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004030 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02004031Some folding is now supported with when 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004032
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004033 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
Doug Kearns818c6412024-10-06 17:00:48 +02004034 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : fold augroups
4035 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'c' : fold Vim9 classes
4036 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'e' : fold Vim9 enums
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004037 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsa577e422025-05-17 16:29:13 +02004038 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold let heredocs
Doug Kearns818c6412024-10-06 17:00:48 +02004039 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'i' : fold Vim9 interfaces
4040 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9 legacy headers
Doug Kearnsa577e422025-05-17 16:29:13 +02004041 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold Lua heredocs
4042 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold MzScheme heredocs
4043 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold Perl heredocs
4044 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold Python heredocs
4045 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold Ruby heredocs
4046 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold Tcl heredocs
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02004047<
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02004048
4049By default, g:vimsyn_folding is unset. Concatenate the indicated characters
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10004050to support folding of multiple syntax constructs (e.g.,
4051g:vimsyn_folding = "fh" will enable folding of both functions and heredocs).
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02004052
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10004053 *g:vimsyn_comment_strings*
4054By default, strings are highlighted inside comments. This may be disabled by
4055setting g:vimsyn_comment_strings to false.
4056
4057 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01004058Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
4059is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004060highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00004061
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004062 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
4063<
Christian Brabandt8d67cbf2025-03-10 21:05:49 +01004064To suppress only specific errors, define the following variables: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00004065
Christian Brabandt8d67cbf2025-03-10 21:05:49 +01004066 g:vimsyn_nobehaveerror = 1 " :behave error
4067 g:vimsyn_vimFTError = 1 " :filetype error
4068 g:vimsyn_noaugrouperror = 1 " :augroup error
4069 g:vimsyn_noopererror = 1 " operator error
4070 g:vimsyn_notypealiaserror = 1 " Vim9 type alias error
4071 g:vimsyn_novimfunctionerror = 1 " Vim9 method error
4072 g:vimsyn_nousercmderror = 1 " :com error
4073 g:vimsyn_novimsynerror = 1 " :syn error
4074 g:vimsyn_novimsyncaseerror = 1 " :syn case error
4075 g:vimsyn_novimsynconcealerror = 1 " :syn conceal error
4076 g:vimsyn_novimsynfoldlevelerror = 1 " :syn foldlevel error
4077 g:vimsyn_novimsynspellerror = 1 " :syn spell error
4078 g:vimsyn_novimsyncerror = 1 " :syn sync error
4079 g:vimsyn_novimhictermerror = 1 " :hi error
4080 g:vimsyn_vimhikeyerror = 1 " :hi key=arg error
4081<
4082To force highlighting of Neovim specific Vim script elements (even if not
4083using Neovim), set >
4084
4085 let g:vimsyn_vim_features = ['nvim']
4086<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004087
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00004088WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
4089
4090The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
4091with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
4092bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
4093https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
4094
4095
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00004096XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004097
4098The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
4099variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
4100You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
4101xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
4102your .vimrc. Example: >
4103 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
4104When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
4105
4106Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
4107"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
4108highlighted.
4109
4110
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00004111XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004112
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004113Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004114setting a global variable: >
4115
4116 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
4117<
4118 *xml-folding*
4119The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004120start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004121
4122 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
4123 :set foldmethod=syntax
4124
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01004125Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004126especially for large files.
4127
4128
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00004129X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004130
4131xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
4132XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
4133you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
4134
4135To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
4136somewhere else with "P".
4137
4138Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
4139 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00004140 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004141 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00004142 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
4143 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004144 :endfunction
4145 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
4146 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
4147This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
4148It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
4149must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
4150
4151It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
4152 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
4153
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004154
4155YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
4156
4157 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004158A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
4159non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
4160plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
4161and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
4162integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004163will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
4164
4165Schema Description ~
4166failsafe No additional highlighting.
4167json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
4168core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004169pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
4170 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
4171 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004172 schema.
4173
4174Default schema is `core`.
4175
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004176Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
4177only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004178difference defined in the syntax file.
4179
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01004180
4181ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
4182
4183The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
4184
4185 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
4186
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004187==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010041886. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004189
4190Vim understands three types of syntax items:
4191
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000041921. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01004193 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
4194 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
4195 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
4196 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
4197 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
4198 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004199
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000042002. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004201 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
4202
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000042033. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004204 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
4205 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
4206 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
4207
4208Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
4209you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
4210to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
4211and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
4212"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
4213one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
4214This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
4215each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
4216for a lot of groups.
4217
4218Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
4219group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
4220for the syntax group with the same name.
4221
4222In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
4223defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
4224using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
4225match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
4226keyword with ignoring case.
4227
4228
4229PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
4230
4231When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
4232
42331. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
4234 defined last has priority.
42352. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
42363. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
4237 start in later positions.
4238
4239
4240DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
4241
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004242:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004243 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
4244 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
4245 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
4246 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
4247
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004248:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004249 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004250
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004251
4252DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
4253
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004254:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
4255:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004256 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
4257 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
4258
4259 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
4260 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
4261
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004262 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004263 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
4264 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
4265 may close and open horizontally within a line.
4266
4267:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004268 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
4269 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004270
4271 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4272
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004273SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
4274
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004275:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
4276:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
4277:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004278 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
4279 in a syntax item:
4280
4281 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
4282 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
4283 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
4284
4285 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
4286 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4287 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4288
4289 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4290
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004291:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004292 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4293 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004294
4295
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004296SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4297
4298:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4299 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4300 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4301
4302 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4303 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004304 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004305
4306 Example: >
4307 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4308<
4309 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4310 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4311 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4312
4313 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4314
4315 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004316 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004317 match.
4318
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004319 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4320 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004321 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004322
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004323DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4324
4325:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4326
4327 This defines a number of keywords.
4328
4329 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4330 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4331 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4332
4333 Example: >
4334 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4335<
4336 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4337 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4338 These examples do exactly the same: >
4339 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4340 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4341 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004342< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004343 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4344 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4345 variations at once: >
4346 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4347<
4348 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4349 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4350 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4351 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4352 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004353 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004354
4355 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4356 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4357 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4358
4359 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4360 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4361 instead.
4362
4363 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4364
4365 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4366 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4367 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004368 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004369 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4370 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4371< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4372 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4373 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4374
4375
4376DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4377
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004378:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4379 [excludenl]
4380 [keepend]
4381 {pattern}
4382 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004383
4384 This defines one match.
4385
4386 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4387 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4388 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4389 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4390 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004391 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4392 match with the end pattern. See
4393 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004394 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4395 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4396 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4397 line, which makes the match depend on where
4398 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4399 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4400
4401 Example (match a character constant): >
4402 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4403<
4404
4405DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4406 *E398* *E399*
4407:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4408 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4409 [keepend]
4410 [extend]
4411 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004412 start={start-pattern} ..
4413 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4414 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004415 [{options}]
4416
4417 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4418
4419 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4420 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4421 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4422 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4423 for the text in between the matched start and
4424 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4425 a different group for the start or end match.
4426 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4427 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4428 match with the end pattern. See
4429 |:syn-keepend|.
4430 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004431 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004432 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4433 extend a containing match or item. Only
4434 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4435 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004436 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004437 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004438 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004439 the region where not to look for the end
4440 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004441 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004442 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4443
4444 Example: >
4445 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4446<
4447 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4448 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4449 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4450 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4451 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4452 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4453
4454 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4455 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4456 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4457 the end patterns.
4458
4459 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4460 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4461 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4462
4463 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4464 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4465 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4466 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4467
4468 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4469 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4470 work: >
4471 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4472 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4473< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4474 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4475 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4476 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4477 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4478< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4479 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4480
4481 *:syn-keepend*
4482 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4483 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4484 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4485 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4486 { starts outer "{}" region
4487 { starts contained "{}" region
4488 } ends contained "{}" region
4489 } ends outer "{} region
4490 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4491 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4492 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4493 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4494 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4495 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4496 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4497< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4498 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4499
4500 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4501 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4502 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4503 contained matches.
4504 *:syn-extend*
4505 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4506 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4507 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4508 extended.
4509 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4510 others don't. Example: >
4511
4512 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4513 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4514 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4515
4516< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4517 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4518 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4519
4520 Another example: >
4521 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4522< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4523 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4524 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4525 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4526 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4527
4528 *:syn-excludenl*
4529 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4530 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4531 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4532 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4533 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4534 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4535 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4536 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4537 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4538 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4539 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4540 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4541 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4542
4543 *:syn-matchgroup*
4544 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4545 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4546 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4547< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4548 between with the "String" group.
4549 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4550 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4551 using a matchgroup.
4552
4553 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4554 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4555 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4556 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4557 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4558
4559 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4560 different colors: >
4561 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4562 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4563 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4564 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4565 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4566 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004567<
4568 *E849*
4569The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004570
4571==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010045727. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004573
4574The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4575The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4576and may be mixed with patterns.
4577
4578Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4579can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004580 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004581 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4582:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4583:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4584:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004585
4586These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004587 conceal
4588 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004589 contained
4590 containedin
4591 nextgroup
4592 transparent
4593 skipwhite
4594 skipnl
4595 skipempty
4596
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004597conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4598
4599When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004600Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004601'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4602concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4603edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004604
4605Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4606bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004607
4608concealends *:syn-concealends*
4609
4610When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4611the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4612Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4613'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004614in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4615|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4616items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004617
4618cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004619 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004620The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4621when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4622argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004623character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4624a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004625 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004626See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004627
4628contained *:syn-contained*
4629
4630When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4631the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4632another match. Example: >
4633 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4634 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4635
4636
4637display *:syn-display*
4638
4639If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4640detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4641by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4642to be displayed.
4643
4644Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4645conditions:
4646- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4647 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4648 line.
4649- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4650 make it continue on the next line.
4651- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4652 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4653 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4654- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4655 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4656 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4657 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4658
4659Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4660- match with a number
4661- match with a label
4662
4663
4664transparent *:syn-transparent*
4665
4666If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4667itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4668is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4669only to skip over a part of the text.
4670
4671The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4672unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4673avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4674highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4675 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4676 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4677 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4678 :hi link myString String
4679 :hi link myWord Comment
4680Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4681match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4682argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4683it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4684out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004685"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004686happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4687position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4688
4689When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4690items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4691see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4692through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4693
4694 look from here
4695
4696 | | | | | |
4697 V V V V V V
4698
4699 xxxx yyy more contained items
4700 .................... contained item (transparent)
4701 ============================= first item
4702
4703The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4704transparent group.
4705
4706What you see is:
4707
4708 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4709
4710Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4711
4712
4713oneline *:syn-oneline*
4714
4715The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4716boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4717region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4718the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4719continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4720line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4721
4722When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4723pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4724end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4725means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4726be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4727line break.
4728
4729
4730fold *:syn-fold*
4731
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004732The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004733Example: >
4734 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4735 :syn sync fromstart
4736 :set foldmethod=syntax
4737This will make each {} block form one fold.
4738
4739The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4740ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4741The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004742See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4743from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004744{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4745
4746
4747 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004748contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004749
4750The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4751groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4752containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4753regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4754this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4755here.
4756
4757contains=ALL
4758 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4759 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4760
4761contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4762 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4763 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4764 are listed. Example: >
4765 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4766
4767contains=TOP
4768 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4769 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4770 argument.
4771contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4772 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4773
4774contains=CONTAINED
4775 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4776 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4777 argument.
4778contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4779 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4780 listed.
4781
4782
4783The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4784that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4785The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4786 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4787The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4788that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4789command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4790syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4791the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4792group names.
4793
4794The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4795region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4796|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4797region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4798area that is highlighted
4799
4800
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004801containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004802
4803The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4804item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4805containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4806
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004807The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004808
4809This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4810be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4811of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4812the C syntax: >
4813 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4814Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4815level.
4816
4817Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4818appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4819keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4820work.
4821
4822
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004823nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004824
4825The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4826separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4827
4828If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4829tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4830a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4831will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4832current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4833other groups. Example: >
4834 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4835 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4836 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4837
4838This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4839"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4840highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4841
4842 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4843 fff bbb fff bbb
4844
4845Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4846when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4847highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4848would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4849
4850
4851skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4852skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4853skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4854
4855These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4856used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004857 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004858 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4859 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4860
4861When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4862next group that matches the white space.
4863
4864When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4865line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4866line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4867the current item in the same line.
4868
4869When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4870groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4871for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4872space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4873
4874Example: >
4875 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4876 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4877 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4878Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4879match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4880precedence.
4881Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4882"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4883example).
4884
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004885IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4886
4887:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4888 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4889 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4890 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4891 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4892 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4893 given explicitly.
4894
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004895:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004896 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004897
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004898==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010048998. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004900
4901In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4902characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4903use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4904use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4905 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4906 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4907
4908See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004909always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004910value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4911not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4912independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4913
4914Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4915This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4916
4917 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4918The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4919change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4920match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4921are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4922pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4923
4924The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4925The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4926
4927ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4928me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4929hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4930he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4931rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4932re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4933lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4934
4935The {offset} can be:
4936
4937s start of the matched pattern
4938s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4939s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4940e end of the matched pattern
4941e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4942e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004943{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004944
4945Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4946
4947Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4948meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4949
4950 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4951match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4952region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4953region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4954region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4955
4956Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4957 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4958<
4959 some "string" text
4960 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4961
4962Notes:
4963- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4964 offset(s).
4965- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4966- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4967 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004968- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004969 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004970 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004971- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4972 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4973 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4974
4975Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4976 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4977<
4978 /* this is a comment */
4979 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4980
4981A more complicated Example: >
4982 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4983<
4984 abcfoostringbarabc
4985 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004986 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004987
4988Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4989
4990Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4991with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004992in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004993
4994The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4995be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4996cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4997characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4998used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4999specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
5000
5001 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
5002 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
5003 :syn match Underline "_\+"
5004<
5005 ___zzzz ___wwww
5006 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
5007 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
5008 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
5009
5010The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
5011unless you set "ms" explicitly.
5012
5013
5014Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
5015
5016The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
5017expected, but there are a few exceptions.
5018
5019When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
5020allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005021following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
5022the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005023
5024The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
5025continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
5026matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
5027halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
5028previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
5029is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
5030 x x a
5031 b x x
5032Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
5033after the "\n".
5034
5035
5036External matches *:syn-ext-match*
5037
5038These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
5039
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02005040 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01005041 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
5042 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
5043 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005044
5045 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
5046 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
5047 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
5048 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
5049
5050Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
5051sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
5052shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
5053items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
5054referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
5055example, for instance, can be done like this: >
5056 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
5057
5058As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
5059it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01005060changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005061first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
5062also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00005063 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005064
5065Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
5066indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
5067to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
5068Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
5069within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
5070sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
5071the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
5072
5073Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
5074cannot be referred to.
5075
5076==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010050779. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005078
5079:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
5080 [add={group-name}..]
5081 [remove={group-name}..]
5082
5083This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
5084single name.
5085
5086 contains={group-name}..
5087 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
5088 add={group-name}..
5089 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
5090 remove={group-name}..
5091 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
5092
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005093A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
5094nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
5095this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005096
5097Example: >
5098 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
5099 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
5100
5101As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
5102retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
5103to speak: >
5104 :syntax keyword A aaa
5105 :syntax keyword B bbb
5106 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
5107 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
5108 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
5109
5110This also has implications for nested clusters: >
5111 :syntax keyword A aaa
5112 :syntax keyword B bbb
5113 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
5114 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
5115 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
5116 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
5117 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02005118<
5119 *E848*
5120The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005121
5122==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100512310. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005124
5125It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
5126a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
5127two different ways:
5128
5129 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
5130 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
5131 the |:runtime| command: >
5132
5133 " In cpp.vim:
5134 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
5135 :unlet b:current_syntax
5136
5137< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
5138 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
5139 ":syntax include" command:
5140
5141:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
5142
5143 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
5144 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
5145 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
5146 that list. >
5147
5148 " In perl.vim:
5149 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
5150 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
5151<
5152 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
5153 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
5154 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
5155 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
5156 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01005157 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
5158 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005159
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02005160 *E847*
5161The maximum number of includes is 999.
5162
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005163==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100516411. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005165
5166Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
5167make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
5168redrawing starts.
5169
5170:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
5171
5172There are four ways to synchronize:
51731. Always parse from the start of the file.
5174 |:syn-sync-first|
51752. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
5176 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
5177 |:syn-sync-second|
51783. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
5179 |:syn-sync-third|
51804. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
5181 |:syn-sync-fourth|
5182
5183 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
5184For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
5185limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
5186
5187If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
5188that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
5189lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
5190
5191If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
5192for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
5193adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
5194slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01005195 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005196<
5197 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
5198When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
5199cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
5200start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
5201the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
5202break use this: >
5203 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
5204The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
5205change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
5206value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
5207
5208
5209First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
5210>
5211 :syntax sync fromstart
5212
5213The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
5214accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
5215so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01005216when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005217case: to the end of the file).
5218
5219Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
5220
5221
5222Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
5223
5224For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
5225Example: >
5226 :syntax sync ccomment
5227
5228When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
5229comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
5230used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
5231An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
5232 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
5233This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
5234used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
5235region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
5236
5237The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
5238lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
5239lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
5240lines, but it hard to sync on).
5241
5242Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
5243that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
5244is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
5245chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
5246is hardly ever noticed.
5247
5248
5249Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
5250
5251For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
5252Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
5253means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
5254Example: >
5255 :syntax sync minlines=50
5256
5257"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
5258
5259
5260Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
5261
5262The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
5263sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
5264region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
5265starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
5266the search continues backwards in the file.
5267
5268This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
5269matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
5270- Keywords cannot be used.
5271- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
5272 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
5273- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
5274 forwards.
5275- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
5276 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
5277 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01005278 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005279- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
5280 group of continued lines).
5281- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
5282 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
5283 line (or group of continued lines).
5284- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
5285 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
Jon Parise947f7522024-08-03 17:40:58 +02005286 This is used when a line can contain both the start and the end of a region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005287 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5288
5289There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
52901. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5291 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5292 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5293 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
52942. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5295 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5296 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5297 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5298Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5299
5300Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5301avoid finding unwanted matches.
5302
5303[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5304search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5305highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5306faster.]
5307
5308 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5309 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5310
5311 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5312 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5313 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5314 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5315 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5316
5317 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5318 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5319
5320 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5321 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5322 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5323 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5324 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5325 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5326 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5327 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5328 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5329 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5330
5331 :syntax sync match ..
5332 :syntax sync region ..
5333
5334 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5335 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5336
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005337 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005338 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5339
5340 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5341 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5342 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5343
5344If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5345searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5346few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5347 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5348
5349You can clear all sync settings with: >
5350 :syntax sync clear
5351
5352You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5353 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5354
5355==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100535612. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005357
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005358This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005359
5360 :sy[ntax] [list]
5361
5362To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5363
5364 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5365
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005366To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005367
5368 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5369
5370See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5371
5372Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5373is mostly used, because it looks better.
5374
5375==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100537613. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005377
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005378In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005379and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5380of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005381
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005382 colorscheme pablo
5383<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005384 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005385:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5386 This is basically the same as >
5387 :echo g:colors_name
5388< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01005389 output "default". Its palette is defined in the file
nisbet-hubbard539349c2024-10-20 10:47:10 +02005390 "$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syncolor.vim" and is based on
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01005391 legacy versions of peachpuff and desert. When compiled
nisbet-hubbard539349c2024-10-20 10:47:10 +02005392 without the |+eval| feature it will output "unknown".
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005393
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005394:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005395 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005396 is found is loaded.
nisbet-hubbard539349c2024-10-20 10:47:10 +02005397 Use `:colo default` to load the default colorscheme.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005398 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5399 "start" and then under "opt".
5400
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005401 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005402 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005403
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005404You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5405appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5406the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5407darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005408
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005409 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5410 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005411<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005412For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5413use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5414the original color scheme: >
5415 runtime colors/evening.vim
5416 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005417
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005418Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5419(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5420autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5421|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5422
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005423 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005424If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5425using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5426color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5427 augroup my_colorschemes
5428 au!
5429 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5430 augroup END
5431
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005432Change a couple more colors: >
5433 augroup my_colorschemes
5434 au!
5435 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005436 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005437 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5438 augroup END
5439
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005440If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5441colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5442 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5443 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5444
5445With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5446different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5447group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5448you can find them here:
5449https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5450
5451For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5452 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5453
5454
5455==============================================================================
545614. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5457
5458There are three types of highlight groups:
5459- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5460 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5461 linked to a group of the second type.
5462- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5463- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5464 *hitest.vim*
5465You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5466 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5467This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5468in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005469
5470:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5471 attributes set.
5472
5473:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5474 List one highlight group.
5475
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005476 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005477:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005478 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005479 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5480 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005481 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005482
5483:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5484:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5485 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5486 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5487
5488:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5489 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005490 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005491 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005492 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005493 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5494 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5495 argument.
5496
Yee Cheng China7b81202025-02-23 09:32:47 +01005497:hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5498:hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5499 See |:hi-link|.
5500
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005501Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5502default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5503highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5504values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5505the default value.
5506
5507A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5508a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5509
5510 :hi Comment gui=bold
5511
5512Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5513specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5514result is like this single command has been used: >
5515 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5516<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005517 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005518When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5519also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5520 :verbose hi Comment
5521< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005522 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005523
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005524When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5525mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005526
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005527 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5528There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5529term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005530cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005531 termcap entry)
5532gui the GUI
5533
5534For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5535the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5536
55371. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5538
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005539 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005540 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5541 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5542 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005543term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005544 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005545 following items (in any order):
5546 bold
5547 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005548 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005549 underdouble not always available
5550 underdotted not always available
5551 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005552 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005553 reverse
5554 inverse same as reverse
5555 italic
5556 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005557 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005558 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5559
5560 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5561 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005562 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005563 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005564 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005565 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5566 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5567 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5568 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5569 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5570
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005571< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5572 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5573 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5574 have to specify the codes like this: >
5575 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5576 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5577 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5578< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5579 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5580 fallback.
5581
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005582
5583start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5584stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5585 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5586 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5587
5588 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5589 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5590 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5591 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5592 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5593 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5594 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5595
5596 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5597
5598 1. A string with escape sequences.
5599 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5600 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5601 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5602 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5603
5604 2. A list of terminal codes.
5605 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5606 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5607 White space is not allowed. Example:
5608 start=t_C1,t_BL
5609 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5610
5611
56122. highlight arguments for color terminals
5613
5614cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5615 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5616 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5617 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5618 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005619 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5620 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5621 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005622
5623ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5624ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005625ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5626 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5627 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5628
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005629 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5630 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5631 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5632 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5633 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5634 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5635
5636 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5637 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5638 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5639 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5640 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005641 *tmux*
5642 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5643 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005644 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5645 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005646< More info at:
5647 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5648 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005649
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005650 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5651 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5652 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005653 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5654 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5655
5656 *cterm-colors*
5657 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5658 0 0 Black
5659 1 4 DarkBlue
5660 2 2 DarkGreen
5661 3 6 DarkCyan
5662 4 1 DarkRed
5663 5 5 DarkMagenta
5664 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5665 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5666 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5667 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5668 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5669 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5670 12 1* Red, LightRed
5671 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5672 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5673 15 7* White
5674
5675 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5676 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5677 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5678 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5679 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5680 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5681 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5682 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5683 a number instead of a color name.
5684
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005685 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5686 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005687 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005688 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5689 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005690
5691 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5692 colors!
5693
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005694 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5695
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005696 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5697 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5698 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5699 Example: >
5700 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5701< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005702 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5703 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5704 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5705 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5706 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005707 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005708 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005709 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005710
5711 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5712 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5713 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5714 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005715 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5716 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5717 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5718 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5719 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005720 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5721< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005722 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005723 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5724
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005725ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5726 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5727 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5728 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5729 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5730 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5731 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5732 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005733
57343. highlight arguments for the GUI
5735
5736gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5737 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5738 See |attr-list| for a description.
5739 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5740 have the same effect.
5741 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5742
5743font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5744 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5745 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5746 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5747<
5748 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5749 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5750 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5751 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005752 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005753 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5754 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5755 changed.
5756 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5757 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5758 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005759 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5760 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5761 Example: >
5762 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005763
5764guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5765guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005766guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5767 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005768 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5769 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005770 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005771 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005772 bg use normal background color
5773 background use normal background color
5774 fg use normal foreground color
5775 foreground use normal foreground color
5776 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5777 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5778 Example: >
5779 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5780<
5781 *gui-colors*
5782 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5783 Red LightRed DarkRed
5784 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5785 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5786 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5787 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5788 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5789 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5790 Black White
5791 Orange Purple Violet
5792
5793 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5794 |win32-colors|.
5795
5796 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5797 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5798 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005799 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005800 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005801 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005802 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005803<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005804 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01005805 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in
5806 |v:colornames|. For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005807
5808 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5809 # override it.
5810 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5811 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5812<
5813 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5814 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5815 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5816 scheme: >
5817
5818 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5819 colorscheme alt
5820<
5821 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5822 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5823 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5824 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5825 by a color scheme using: >
5826
5827 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5828 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5829<
5830
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005831 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5832These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5833'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5834of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5835command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005836When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5837unreadable use Visual selection.
5838
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005839 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005840ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005841 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005842Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5843 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005844 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005845Cursor Character under the cursor.
5846lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5847 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005848 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005849CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005850 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005851CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005852 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005853CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005854 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005855Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005856 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005857DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005858 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005859DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005860 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005861DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005862 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005863DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Yee Cheng Chin9943d472025-03-26 19:41:02 +01005864 *hl-DiffTextAdd*
5865DiffTextAdd Diff mode: Added text within a changed line. Linked to
5866 |hl-DiffText| by default. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005867 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005868EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005869 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005870 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005871ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005872 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005873VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005874 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005875Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005876 *hl-FoldColumn*
5877FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5878 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005879SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005880 *hl-IncSearch*
5881IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005882 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005883 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005884LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005885 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005886 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5887LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5888 option is set, above the cursor line.
5889 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5890LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5891 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005892 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005893CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5894 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005895 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5896CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005897 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5898CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005899 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005900MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005901 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005902 *hl-MessageWindow*
Yee Cheng Chine700dde2025-02-20 21:58:21 +01005903MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. Linked to
5904 |hl-WarningMsg| by default.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005905 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005906ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005907 *hl-MsgArea*
5908MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5909 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005910 *hl-MoreMsg*
5911MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5912 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005913NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5914 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5915 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5916 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5917 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005918 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005919Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005920 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005921Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005922 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005923PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005924 *hl-PmenuKind*
5925PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5926 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5927PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5928 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5929PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5930 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5931PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005932 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005933PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005934 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5935PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005936 *hl-PmenuMatch*
glepnir9eff3ee2025-01-11 16:47:34 +01005937PmenuMatch Popup menu: Matched text in normal item. Applied in
5938 combination with |hl-Pmenu|.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005939 *hl-PmenuMatchSel*
glepnir9eff3ee2025-01-11 16:47:34 +01005940PmenuMatchSel Popup menu: Matched text in selected item. Applied in
5941 combination with |hl-PmenuSel|.
glepnir6a38aff2024-12-16 21:56:16 +01005942 *hl-ComplMatchIns*
5943ComplMatchIns Matched text of the currently inserted completion.
Yee Cheng Chine700dde2025-02-20 21:58:21 +01005944 *hl-PopupSelected*
5945PopupSelected Popup window created with |popup_menu()|. Linked to
5946 |hl-PmenuSel| by default.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005947 *hl-PopupNotification*
5948PopupNotification
Yee Cheng Chine700dde2025-02-20 21:58:21 +01005949 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. Linked to
5950 |hl-WarningMsg| by default.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005951 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005952Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005953 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5954QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005955 *hl-Search*
5956Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005957 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005958 *hl-CurSearch*
5959CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005960 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5961 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005962 *hl-SpecialKey*
5963SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5964 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005965 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005966 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005967 *hl-SpellBad*
5968SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5969 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005970 *hl-SpellCap*
5971SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5972 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005973 *hl-SpellLocal*
5974SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5975 used in another region. |spell|
5976 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5977 *hl-SpellRare*
5978SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5979 hardly ever used. |spell|
5980 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005981 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005982StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005983 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5984StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005985 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005986 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005987 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005988StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005989 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005990StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5991 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005992 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005993TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005994 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005995TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005996 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005997TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Naruhiko Nishinobe5bd4d2025-05-14 21:20:28 +02005998 *hl-TabPanel*
5999TabPanel TabPanel, not active tab page label.
6000 *hl-TabPanelFill*
6001TabPanelFill TabPanel, where there are no labels.
6002 *hl-TabPanelSel*
6003TabPanelSel TabPanel, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01006004 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006005Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006006 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006007Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006008 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006009Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006010 *hl-VisualNOS*
6011VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
6012 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
6013 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006014WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006015 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006016WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006017
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00006018 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006019The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006020statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006021
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00006022For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006023scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
6024Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
6025and guifg.
6026
6027 *hl-Menu*
6028Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
6029 Also used for the toolbar.
6030 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
6031
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01006032 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006033 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
6034 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
6035 set.
6036
6037 *hl-Scrollbar*
6038Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
6039 scrollbars.
6040 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
6041
6042 *hl-Tooltip*
6043Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
6044 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
6045
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01006046 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006047 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
6048 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
6049 set.
6050
6051==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100605215. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006053
6054When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
6055can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
6056group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
6057
6058To set a link:
6059
6060 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
6061
6062To remove a link:
6063
6064 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
6065
6066Notes: *E414*
6067- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
6068 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
6069- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
6070 removed.
6071- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
6072 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
6073 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
6074 links for groups that already have settings.
6075
6076 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
6077The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
6078group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
6079will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
6080
6081Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
6082specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
6083 :highlight default link cComment Comment
6084If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
6085 :highlight link cComment Question
6086Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
6087overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
6088
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01006089To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
6090highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
6091another color scheme, put a command like this in the
6092"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
6093 highlight! default link cComment Question
6094
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006095==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100609616. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006097
6098If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
6099command: >
6100 :syntax clear
6101
6102This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
6103or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
6104in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
6105load the syntax file.
6106The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
6107loaded after this command.
6108
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02006109To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
6110 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
6111This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
6112
6113To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
6114 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
6115This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
6116
6117 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006118If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
6119the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
6120 :syntax off
6121
6122What this command actually does, is executing the command >
6123 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
6124See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
6125$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
6126
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006127 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
6128If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
6129defaults back: >
6130
6131 :syntax reset
6132
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02006133It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
6134affects the highlighting.
6135
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006136This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
6137
6138Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
6139back to their Vim default.
6140Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
6141scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
6142
6143What this actually does is: >
6144
6145 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
6146 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
6147
6148Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
6149
6150 *syncolor*
6151If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
6152script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
6153'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
6154the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
6155reset" command.
6156
6157For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
6158
6159 if &background == "light"
6160 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
6161 else
6162 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
6163 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006164<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00006165 *E679*
6166Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
6167'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
6168endless loop.
6169
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006170Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
6171your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
6172depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
6173
6174 *syntax_cmd*
6175The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
6176syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006177 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006178 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006179 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
6180 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
6181 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006182 the colors.
6183 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
6184 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
6185 them.
6186
6187==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100618817. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006189
6190If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
6191mappings.
6192
6193 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
6194 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
6195>
6196 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
6197 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
6198
6199WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
6200memory Vim will consume.
6201
6202Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006203must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
6204at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006205
6206Put these lines in your Makefile:
6207
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006208# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006209types: types.vim
6210types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006211 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006212 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
6213 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
6214
6215And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
6216
6217 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006218 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006219 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006220 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006221 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
6222
6223==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100622418. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006225
6226Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
6227possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
6228private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
6229with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
6230highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
6231italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
6232
6233To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
6234windows on the buffer: >
6235 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006236< *w:current_syntax*
6237This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
6238"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
6239restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
6240"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
6241"w:current_syntax".
zeertzjq19be0eb2024-10-22 21:36:45 +02006242Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck', 'spellfile' and 'spelloptions'
6243options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006244
6245Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006246on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02006247syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006248same buffer.
6249
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006250A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
6251is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
6252When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006253
6254==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100625519. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006256
6257Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
6258default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
6259 :if &term =~ "xterm"
6260 : if has("terminfo")
6261 : set t_Co=8
6262 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
6263 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
6264 : else
6265 : set t_Co=8
6266 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6267 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6268 : endif
6269 :endif
6270< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6271
6272You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
6273e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
6274
6275Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
6276be wrong.
6277 *xiterm* *rxvt*
6278The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
6279But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
6280 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
6281 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
6282<
6283 *colortest.vim*
6284To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00006285To use it, execute this command: >
6286 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006287
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006288Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006289output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
6290at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
6291colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
6292
6293 *xfree-xterm*
6294To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006295included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006296at: >
6297 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
6298Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
6299termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
6300supports. >
6301 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
6302If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
6303(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
6304
6305This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
6306 :if has("terminfo")
6307 : set t_Co=16
6308 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
6309 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
6310 :else
6311 : set t_Co=16
6312 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6313 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6314 :endif
6315< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6316
6317Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6318translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6319Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6320
6321For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6322
6323 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6324 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6325
6326Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6327and try if that works.
6328
6329You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6330 XTerm*color0: #000000
6331 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6332 XTerm*color2: #008000
6333 XTerm*color3: #808000
6334 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6335 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6336 XTerm*color6: #008080
6337 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6338 XTerm*color8: #808080
6339 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6340 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6341 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6342 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6343 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6344 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6345 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6346 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6347
6348[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6349cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006350newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006351
6352To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6353Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6354 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6355<
6356 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6357To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6358Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6359these resources:
6360 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6361 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6362 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6363 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6364
6365 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006366These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006367foreground colors: >
6368 :if has("terminfo")
6369 : set t_Co=8
6370 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6371 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6372 :else
6373 : set t_Co=8
6374 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6375 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6376 :endif
6377< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6378
6379 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6380These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6381emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6382bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6383 :set t_Co=16
6384 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6385 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6386<
6387 *TTpro-telnet*
6388These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6389open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6390 set t_Co=16
6391 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6392 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6393Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6394that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6395(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6396
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006397
6398==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100639920. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006400
6401This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6402
6403If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6404faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6405as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6406
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006407Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006408You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6409
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006410To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6411sequence: >
6412 :syntime on
6413 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6414 :syntime report
6415
6416This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6417it took to match them against the text.
6418
6419:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6420 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6421 matching.
6422
6423:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6424
6425:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6426
6427:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6428 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6429 the output.
6430
6431 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6432 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6433 matching this pattern.
6434 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6435 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6436 matched
6437 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6438 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6439 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6440 this is not unique.
6441 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6442
6443Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6444include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6445pattern does NOT match.
6446
6447When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6448all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6449literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6450
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006451"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006452 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006453"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006454
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006455
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006456 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: